1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove 442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. 443 * 444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 455 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 456 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 457 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 458 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 459 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 460 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 461 * 462 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 463 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 464 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 465 * global regdomain will be returned. 466 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 467 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 468 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 469 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 470 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 471 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 472 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 473 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 474 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 475 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 476 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 477 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 478 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 479 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 480 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 481 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 482 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 483 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 484 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 485 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 486 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 487 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 488 * 489 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 490 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 491 * 492 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 493 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 494 * 495 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 496 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 497 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 498 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 499 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 500 * added to all specified management frames generated by 501 * kernel/firmware/driver. 502 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 503 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 504 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 505 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 506 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 507 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 508 * 509 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 510 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 511 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 512 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 513 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 514 * be used. 515 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 516 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 517 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 518 * partial scan results may be available 519 * 520 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 521 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 522 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 523 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 524 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 525 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 526 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 527 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 528 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 529 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 530 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 531 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 532 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 533 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 534 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 535 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 536 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 537 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 538 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 539 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 540 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 541 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 542 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 544 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 545 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 546 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 547 * results available. 548 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 549 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 550 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 551 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 552 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 553 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 554 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 557 * or noise level 558 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 559 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 560 * 561 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 562 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 563 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 564 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 565 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 566 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 567 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 568 * ESS. 569 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 570 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 571 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 572 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 573 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 574 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 575 * 576 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 577 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 578 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 579 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 580 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 581 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 582 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 583 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 584 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 585 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 586 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 587 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 588 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 589 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 590 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 591 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 592 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 593 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 594 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 595 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 596 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 597 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 598 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 599 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 600 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 601 * the beacon hint was processed. 602 * 603 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 604 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 605 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 606 * authentication process. 607 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 608 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 609 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 610 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 611 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 612 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 613 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 614 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 615 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 616 * to the frame. 617 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 618 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 619 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 620 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 621 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 622 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 623 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 624 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 625 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 626 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 627 * pending authentication timed out). 628 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 629 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 630 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 631 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 632 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 633 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 634 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 635 * included). 636 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 637 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 638 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 639 * primitives). 640 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 641 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 642 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 643 * 644 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 645 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 646 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 647 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 648 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 649 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 650 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 651 * 652 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 653 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 654 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 655 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 656 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 657 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 658 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 659 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 660 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 661 * determined by the network interface. 662 * 663 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 664 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 665 * to the driver. 666 * 667 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 668 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 669 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 671 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 674 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 675 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 676 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 677 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 678 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 679 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 680 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 681 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 682 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 683 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 684 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 685 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 686 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 687 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 688 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 689 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 690 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 691 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 692 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 693 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 694 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 695 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 696 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 697 * a different BSS is desired. 698 * Background scan period can optionally be 699 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 700 * if not specified default background scan configuration 701 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 702 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 703 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 704 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 705 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 706 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 707 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 708 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 709 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 710 * well to remain backwards compatible. 711 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 712 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 713 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 714 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 715 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 716 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 717 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 718 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 719 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 720 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 721 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 722 * 723 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 724 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 725 * 726 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 727 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 728 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 729 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 730 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 731 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 732 * frequency for the operation. 733 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 734 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 735 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 736 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 737 * radio). 738 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 739 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 740 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 741 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 742 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 743 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 744 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 745 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 746 * uniquely identify the request. 747 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 748 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 749 * 750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 751 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 752 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 753 * 754 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 755 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 756 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 757 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 758 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 759 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 760 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 761 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 762 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 763 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 764 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 765 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 766 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 767 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 768 * backward compatibility 769 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 770 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 771 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 772 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 773 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 774 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 775 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 776 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 777 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 778 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 779 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 780 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 781 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 782 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 783 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 784 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 785 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 786 * is used during CSA period. 787 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 788 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 789 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 790 * lower layers. 791 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 792 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 793 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 794 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 795 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 796 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 797 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 798 * wait time. 799 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 800 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 801 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 802 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 803 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 804 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 805 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 806 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 807 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 808 * backward compatibility. 809 * 810 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 811 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 812 * 813 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 814 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 815 * levels. 816 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 817 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 818 * reached. 819 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 820 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 821 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 822 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 823 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 824 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 825 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 826 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 827 * precedence when they are used. 828 * 829 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 830 * (no longer supported). 831 * 832 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 833 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 834 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 835 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 836 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 837 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 838 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 839 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 840 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 841 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 842 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 843 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 844 * command, the feature is disabled. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 847 * mesh config parameters may be given. 848 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 849 * network is determined by the network interface. 850 * 851 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 852 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 853 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 854 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 855 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 856 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 859 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 860 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 861 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 862 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 863 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 864 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 865 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 866 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 867 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 868 * depending on the authentication result. 869 * 870 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 871 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 872 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 873 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 874 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 875 * more background information, see 876 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 877 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 878 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 879 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 880 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 881 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 882 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 883 * 884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 885 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 886 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 887 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 888 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 889 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 890 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 891 * 892 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 893 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 894 * 895 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 896 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 897 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 898 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 899 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 900 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 901 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 902 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 903 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 904 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 905 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 906 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 907 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 908 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 909 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 910 * 911 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 912 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 913 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 914 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 915 * is received. 916 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 917 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 918 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 919 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 920 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 921 * 922 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 923 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 924 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 925 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 928 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 929 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 930 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 931 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 932 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 933 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 936 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 937 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 938 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 941 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 942 * 943 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 944 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 945 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 946 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 947 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 948 * from the remote AP) is completed; 949 * 950 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 951 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 952 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 953 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 954 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 955 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 956 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 957 * interfaces to change channel as well. 958 * 959 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 961 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 962 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 963 * public action frame TX. 964 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 965 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 966 * 967 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 968 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 969 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 970 * is used for this. 971 * 972 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 973 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 974 * 975 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 976 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 977 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 979 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 980 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 981 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 982 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 983 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 984 * 985 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 986 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 987 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 988 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 989 * while operating on this channel. 990 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 991 * event. 992 * 993 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 994 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 995 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 996 * 997 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 998 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 1001 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 1002 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 1003 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 1004 * 1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1006 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1007 * complete. 1008 * 1009 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1010 * return back to normal. 1011 * 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1013 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1014 * 1015 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1016 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1017 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1019 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1021 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1022 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1023 * switch is complete. 1024 * 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1026 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1027 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1028 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1029 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1030 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1031 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1032 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1033 * 1034 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1035 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1036 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1037 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1038 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1039 * 1040 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1041 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1042 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1043 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1044 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1045 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1046 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1047 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1048 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1049 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1050 * fail even if the check was successful. 1051 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1052 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1053 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1054 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1055 * 1056 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1057 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1058 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1059 * 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1061 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1062 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1063 * network is determined by the network interface. 1064 * 1065 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1066 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1067 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1068 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1070 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1071 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1072 * AP. 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1074 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1075 * when this command completes. 1076 * 1077 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1078 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1079 * management. 1080 * 1081 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1082 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1083 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1084 * 1085 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1087 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1088 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1089 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1090 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1091 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1092 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1093 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1094 * added. 1095 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1096 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1097 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1098 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1099 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1100 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1101 * of the function upon success. 1102 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1103 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1104 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1105 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1106 * which just terminated. 1107 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1108 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1109 * the response to this command. 1110 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1111 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1112 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1113 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1114 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1115 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1116 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1117 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1118 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1119 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1120 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1121 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1122 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1123 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1124 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1126 * 1127 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1128 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1129 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1130 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1131 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1132 * 1133 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1134 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1135 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1136 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1137 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1138 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1139 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1140 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1141 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1142 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1143 * client MAC address. 1144 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1145 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1146 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1147 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1148 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1149 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1150 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1151 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1152 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1153 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1154 * 802.11 headers. 1155 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1156 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1157 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1158 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1159 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1160 * address of that link. 1161 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1162 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1163 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1164 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1165 * 1166 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1167 * 1168 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1169 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1170 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1171 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1172 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1173 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1174 * 1175 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1176 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1177 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1178 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1179 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1180 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1181 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1182 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1183 * command interface. 1184 * 1185 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1186 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1187 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1188 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1189 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1190 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1191 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1192 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1193 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1194 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1195 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1196 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1197 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1198 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1199 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1200 * authentication. 1201 * 1202 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1203 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1204 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1205 * 1206 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1207 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1209 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1210 * 1211 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1212 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1213 * 1214 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1215 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1216 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1217 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1218 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1219 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1220 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1221 * the netlink extended ack message. 1222 * 1223 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1224 * 1225 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1226 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1227 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1228 * buffer size. 1229 * 1230 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1231 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1232 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1233 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1234 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1235 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1236 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1237 * 1238 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1239 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1240 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1241 * determining the width and type. 1242 * 1243 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1244 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1245 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1246 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1247 * 1248 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1249 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1250 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1251 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1252 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1253 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1254 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1255 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1256 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1257 * rate selection. 1258 * 1259 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1260 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1261 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1262 * 1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1264 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1265 * 1266 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1267 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1268 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1269 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1270 * 1271 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1272 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1273 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1274 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1275 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1276 * 1277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1278 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1279 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1280 * 1281 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1282 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1283 * 1284 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1285 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1286 * 1287 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1288 * started 1289 * 1290 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1291 * been aborted 1292 * 1293 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1294 * has completed 1295 * 1296 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1297 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1299 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1300 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1301 * 1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1303 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1304 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1305 * specify the timeout value. 1306 * 1307 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1308 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1309 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1310 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1311 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1312 * 1313 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1314 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1315 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1316 * 1317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1318 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1319 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1320 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1321 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1322 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1323 * HW timestamping. 1324 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1325 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1326 * 1327 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1328 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1329 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1330 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1331 * 1332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1333 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1334 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1335 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1336 * 1337 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1338 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1339 */ 1340 enum nl80211_commands { 1341 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1342 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1343 1344 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1345 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1346 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1347 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1350 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1351 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1352 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1355 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1356 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1357 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1358 1359 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1360 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1361 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1362 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1363 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1364 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1367 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1368 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1369 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1370 1371 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1373 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1374 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1375 1376 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1377 1378 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1379 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1383 1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1385 1386 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1387 1388 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1389 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1390 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1391 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1392 1393 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1394 1395 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1396 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1397 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1398 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1399 1400 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1401 1402 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1403 1404 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1405 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1406 1407 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1408 1409 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1410 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1411 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1414 1415 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1416 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1417 1418 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1419 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1420 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1421 1422 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1423 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1424 1425 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1426 1427 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1428 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1429 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1430 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1431 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1432 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1433 1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1435 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1436 1437 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1438 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1439 1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1441 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1442 1443 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1444 1445 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1446 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1447 1448 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1449 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1450 1451 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1452 1453 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1454 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1455 1456 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1457 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1458 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1459 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1460 1461 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1462 1463 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1464 1465 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1466 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1467 1468 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1469 1470 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1471 1472 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1473 1474 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1475 1476 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1477 1478 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1479 1480 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1481 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1482 1483 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1484 1485 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1486 1487 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1488 1489 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1490 1491 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1492 1493 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1494 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1495 1496 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1497 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1498 1499 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1500 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1501 1502 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1503 1504 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1505 1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1507 1508 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1509 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1510 1511 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1512 1513 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1514 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1515 1516 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1519 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1520 1521 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1522 1523 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1524 1525 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1526 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1527 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1528 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1529 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1530 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1531 1532 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1533 1534 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1535 1536 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1537 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1538 1539 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1540 1541 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1542 1543 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1544 1545 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1546 1547 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1548 1549 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1550 1551 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1552 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1553 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1554 1555 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1556 1557 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1558 1559 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1560 1561 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1562 1563 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1564 1565 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1566 1567 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1568 1569 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1570 1571 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1572 1573 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1574 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1575 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1576 1577 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1578 1579 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1580 1581 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1582 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1583 1584 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1585 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1586 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1587 1588 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1589 1590 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1591 1592 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1593 1594 /* add new commands above here */ 1595 1596 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1597 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1598 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1599 }; 1600 1601 /* 1602 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1603 * here 1604 */ 1605 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1606 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1607 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1608 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1609 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1610 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1611 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1612 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1613 1614 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1615 1616 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1617 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1618 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1619 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1620 1621 /** 1622 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1623 * 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1625 * 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1627 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1631 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1632 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1633 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1634 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1636 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1637 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1639 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1640 * operating channel center frequency. 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1642 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1644 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1645 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1646 * this attribute) 1647 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1648 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1649 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1650 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1652 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1653 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1655 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1656 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1658 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1659 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1661 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1662 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1664 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1665 * 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1669 * 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1671 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1672 * 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1674 * 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1676 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1677 * keys 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1680 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1682 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1685 * default management key 1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1687 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1689 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1690 * 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1695 * 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1698 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1700 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1702 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1703 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1705 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1707 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1708 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1711 * consisting of a nested array. 1712 * 1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1715 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1718 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1719 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1720 * 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1722 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1723 * 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1725 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1726 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1727 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1728 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1729 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1730 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1731 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1732 * to a specific alpha2. 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1734 * rules. 1735 * 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1738 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1740 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1742 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1743 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1744 * 1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1746 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1749 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1750 * of the interface mode. 1751 * 1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1753 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1754 * 1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1756 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1757 * 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1759 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1761 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1763 * that can be added to a scan request 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1765 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1767 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1771 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1773 * 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1775 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1777 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1778 * 1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1780 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1781 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1782 * 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1784 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1785 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1788 * represented as a u32 1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1790 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1791 * 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1793 * a u32 1794 * 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1796 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1797 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1798 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1799 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1801 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1802 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1803 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1804 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1807 * cipher suites 1808 * 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1810 * for other networks on different channels 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1813 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1814 * 1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1816 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1817 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1818 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1819 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1820 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1821 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1822 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1825 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1828 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1829 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1830 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1831 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1832 * default in station mode. 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1834 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1835 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1836 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1837 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1838 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1840 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1841 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1843 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1844 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1845 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1846 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1847 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1848 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1849 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1850 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1851 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1854 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1855 * 1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1857 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1858 * a local disconnect request. 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1860 * event (u16) 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1862 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1863 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1864 * 1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1866 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1867 * (an array of u32). 1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1869 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1870 * u32). 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1872 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1873 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1875 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1876 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1877 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1878 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1879 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1880 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1881 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1884 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1886 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1887 * 1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1889 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1890 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1891 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1892 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1895 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1897 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1898 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1899 * 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1901 * 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1903 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1904 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1905 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1906 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1907 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1908 * completely from scratch. 1909 * 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1911 * 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1913 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1914 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1918 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1919 * 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1922 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1923 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1924 * 1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1928 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1929 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1930 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1931 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1932 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1933 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1934 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1935 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1936 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1937 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1938 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1939 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1940 * 1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1942 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1944 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1946 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1947 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1948 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1950 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1951 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1952 * 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1954 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1957 * 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1959 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1960 * 1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1962 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1963 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1964 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1965 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1966 * 1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1968 * connected to this BSS. 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1971 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1973 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1974 * for non-automatic settings. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1977 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1980 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1981 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1982 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1983 * 1984 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1985 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1986 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1987 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1988 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 1989 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1990 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1991 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 1992 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1993 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1994 * 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1996 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1997 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1998 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1999 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 2000 * 2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2002 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2005 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2006 * 2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2010 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2011 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2012 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2013 * nl80211 capability flag. 2014 * 2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2016 * 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2018 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2019 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2020 * 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2022 * changed once the mesh is active. 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2024 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2026 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2027 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2029 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2030 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2031 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2034 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2036 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2037 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2038 * triggers. 2039 * 2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2041 * cycles, in msecs. 2042 * 2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2044 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2045 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2046 * pass-thru filter rules. 2047 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2048 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2049 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2050 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2051 * able to ignore them by itself. 2052 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2053 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2054 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2055 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2056 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2057 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2058 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2059 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2060 * 2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2062 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2063 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2065 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2066 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2067 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2070 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2071 * 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2073 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2074 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2075 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2076 * 2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2078 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2079 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2080 * 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2082 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2083 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2084 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2086 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2087 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2088 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2089 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2092 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2094 * as AP. 2095 * 2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2097 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2098 * 2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2100 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2101 * 2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2103 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2104 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2105 * applications use this attribute. 2106 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2107 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2108 * 2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2110 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2111 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2113 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2115 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2117 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2119 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2120 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2121 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2122 * 2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2124 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2125 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2126 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2127 * 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2129 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2130 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2131 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2134 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2136 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2137 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2138 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2139 * 2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2141 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2142 * to be filled by the FW. 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2144 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2145 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2147 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2148 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2150 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2151 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2153 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2154 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2155 * The values that may be configured are: 2156 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2157 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2158 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2159 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2160 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2163 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2164 * to one DFS region. 2165 * 2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2167 * up to 16 TIDs. 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2170 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2171 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2172 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2173 * capability to timeout the stations. 2174 * 2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2176 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2177 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2180 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2181 * 2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2183 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2184 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2185 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2186 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2187 * 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2189 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2190 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2191 * 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2193 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2194 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2195 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2196 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2197 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2198 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2199 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2200 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2201 * consistent. 2202 * 2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2204 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2205 * 2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2207 * 2208 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2209 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2211 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2212 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2213 * no change is made. 2214 * 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2216 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2217 * 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2219 * carried in a u32 attribute 2220 * 2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2222 * MAC ACL. 2223 * 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2225 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2226 * ACL. 2227 * 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2229 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2230 * 2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2232 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2233 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2235 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2236 * 2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2238 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2239 * 2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2241 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2242 * and PU-APSD. 2243 * 2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2245 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2246 * 2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2248 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2249 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2250 * 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2252 * 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2254 * Element 2255 * 2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2257 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2259 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2260 * 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2262 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2263 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2264 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2265 * 2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2267 * 2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2269 * until the channel switch event. 2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2271 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2272 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2273 * was requested by the AP. 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2275 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2277 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2279 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2280 * 2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2282 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2283 * 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2285 * 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2287 * operating classes. 2288 * 2289 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2290 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2291 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2292 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2293 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2294 * IBSS network. 2295 * 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2297 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2299 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2300 * 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2302 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2303 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2304 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2305 * u8 attribute. 2306 * 2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2308 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2311 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2313 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2314 * 2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2316 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2317 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2318 * 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2321 * 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2323 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2324 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2325 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2326 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2327 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2328 * 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2330 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2332 * supported number of csa counters. 2333 * 2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2335 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2336 * 2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2338 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2339 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2340 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2341 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2342 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2343 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2344 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2345 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2346 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2347 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2348 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2349 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2350 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2351 * multicast group. 2352 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2353 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2354 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2355 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2356 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2357 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2358 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2359 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2360 * 2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2362 * the TDLS link initiator. 2363 * 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2365 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2366 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2367 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2368 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2369 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2370 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2371 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2372 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2373 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2374 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2375 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2376 * 2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2378 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2379 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2380 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2381 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2382 * 2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2386 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2387 * 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2389 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2392 * 2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2394 * 2395 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2396 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2397 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2398 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2399 * 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2401 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2402 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2403 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2404 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2405 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2406 * 2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2408 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2409 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2410 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2411 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2412 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2413 * over all channels. 2414 * 2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2416 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2417 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2418 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2419 2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2421 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2422 * 2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2424 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2426 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2428 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2430 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2431 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2432 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2433 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2434 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2436 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2437 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2438 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2440 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2441 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2442 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2443 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2444 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2445 * 2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2447 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2448 * 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2450 * 2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2452 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2453 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2454 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2455 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2456 * present. 2457 * 2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2459 * groupID for monitor mode. 2460 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2461 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2462 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2463 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2464 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2465 * each group. 2466 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2467 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2468 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2469 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2470 * groupID data. 2471 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2473 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2474 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2475 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2476 * 2477 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2478 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2479 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2480 * attribute must not be included). 2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2482 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2484 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2485 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2486 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2487 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2489 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2490 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2491 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2492 * 2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2494 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2495 * 2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2497 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2498 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2499 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2500 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2502 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2503 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2504 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2505 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2506 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2507 * the device will decide what to use. 2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2509 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2510 * attribute. 2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2512 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2514 * protection. 2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2516 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2517 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2518 * 2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2520 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2521 * 2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2523 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2524 * 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2526 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2527 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2528 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2529 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2530 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2531 * unnecessary wakeups. 2532 * 2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2534 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2535 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2536 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2537 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2538 * 2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2540 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2541 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2542 * 2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2544 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2545 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2546 * 2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2548 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2549 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2550 * 2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2552 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2553 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2554 * 2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2556 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2557 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2558 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2559 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2560 * 2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2562 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2563 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2564 * 2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2566 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2567 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2568 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2569 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2570 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2571 * is included as well. 2572 * 2573 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2574 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2575 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2576 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2577 * 2578 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2579 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2580 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2581 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2583 * 2584 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2585 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2586 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2587 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2588 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2589 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2590 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2591 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2592 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2593 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2594 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2595 * 2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2597 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2598 * 2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2600 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2602 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2604 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2605 * enforced. 2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2607 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2608 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2609 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2610 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2611 * 2612 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2613 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2614 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2615 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2616 * 2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2618 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2619 * 2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2621 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2622 * invalid value. 2623 * 2624 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2625 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2626 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2627 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2628 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2629 * 2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2631 * scheduler. 2632 * 2633 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2634 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2635 * possible values. 2636 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2637 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2638 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2639 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2640 * or per-station. 2641 * 2642 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2643 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2644 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2645 * 2646 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2647 * 2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2649 * functionality. 2650 * 2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2652 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2653 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2655 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2656 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2657 * 2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2659 * (u16). 2660 * 2661 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2662 * 2663 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2664 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2665 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2666 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2667 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2668 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2669 * 2670 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2671 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2672 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2673 * attributes. 2674 * 2675 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2676 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2677 * 2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2679 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2680 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2681 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2682 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2683 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2684 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2685 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2686 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2687 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2688 * 2689 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2690 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2691 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2692 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2693 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2694 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2695 * has expired. 2696 * 2697 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2698 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2699 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2700 * disassociation is still forced. 2701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2702 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2704 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2705 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2706 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2707 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2708 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2709 * 2710 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2711 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2712 * 2713 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2714 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2715 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2716 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2717 * 2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2719 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2720 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2721 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2722 * 2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2724 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2725 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2726 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2727 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2728 * 2729 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2730 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2731 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2732 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2733 * 2734 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2735 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2736 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2737 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2738 * 2739 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2740 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2741 * is desired. 2742 * 2743 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2744 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2745 * 2746 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2747 * until the color switch event. 2748 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2749 * switching to 2750 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2751 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2752 * 2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2754 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2755 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2756 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2757 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2758 * parameters. 2759 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2760 * 2761 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2762 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2763 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2764 * 2765 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2766 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2767 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2768 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2769 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2770 * radar channel. 2771 * 2772 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2773 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2774 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2775 * 2776 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2777 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2778 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2779 * 2780 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2781 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2782 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2783 * per-link information and a link ID. 2784 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2785 * authenticate/associate. 2786 * 2787 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2788 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2789 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2790 * 2791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2792 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2793 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2794 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2795 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2796 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2797 * 2798 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2800 * 2801 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2802 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2803 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2804 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2805 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2806 * the ack TX timestamp. 2807 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2808 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2809 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2810 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2811 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2812 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2813 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2814 * (re)associations. 2815 * 2816 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2817 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2818 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2819 * reserved. 2820 * 2821 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2822 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2823 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2824 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2825 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2826 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2827 * 2828 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 2829 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 2830 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 2831 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 2832 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 2833 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 2834 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 2835 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 2836 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 2837 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 2838 * 2839 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is 2840 * disabled. 2841 * 2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 2843 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 2844 * cannot be used at all. 2845 * 2846 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 2847 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2848 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2849 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 2851 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2852 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2853 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2854 * 2855 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 2856 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 2857 * are used on this connection 2858 * 2859 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2860 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2861 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2862 */ 2863 enum nl80211_attrs { 2864 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2865 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2866 2867 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2868 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2869 2870 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2871 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2872 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2873 2874 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2875 2876 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2877 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2878 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2879 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2880 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2881 2882 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2883 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2884 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2885 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2886 2887 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2889 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2890 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2891 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2892 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2893 2894 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2895 2896 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2897 2898 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2899 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2900 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2901 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2902 2903 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2904 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2905 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2908 2909 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2910 2911 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2912 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2913 2914 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2915 2916 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2917 2918 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2919 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2920 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2921 2922 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2923 2924 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2925 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2926 2927 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2928 2929 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2930 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2931 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2932 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2933 2934 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2935 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2938 2939 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2940 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2941 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2942 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2943 2944 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2945 2946 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2947 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2948 2949 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2950 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2951 2952 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2953 2954 2955 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2956 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2958 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2959 2960 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2961 2962 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2963 2964 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2965 2966 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2967 2968 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2969 2970 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2971 2972 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2973 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2974 2975 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2976 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2977 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2978 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2979 2980 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2981 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2982 2983 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2984 2985 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2986 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2987 2988 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2989 2990 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2995 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2996 2997 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2998 2999 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 3000 3001 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3008 3009 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3010 3011 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3012 3013 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3014 3015 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3016 3017 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3018 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3019 3020 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3021 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3022 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3023 3024 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3025 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3026 3027 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3028 3029 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3030 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3031 3032 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3033 3034 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3037 3038 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3039 3040 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3043 3044 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3045 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3046 3047 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3048 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3049 3050 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3051 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3052 3053 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3054 3055 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3056 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3057 3058 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3059 3060 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3061 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3062 3063 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3064 3065 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3066 3067 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3068 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3069 3070 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3071 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3072 3073 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3074 3075 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3076 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3077 3078 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3079 3080 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3081 3082 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3083 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3084 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3085 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3086 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3087 3088 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3089 3090 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3091 3092 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3093 3094 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3095 3096 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3097 3098 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3099 3100 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3101 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3102 3103 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3104 3105 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3106 3107 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3108 3109 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3110 3111 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3112 3113 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3114 3115 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3116 3117 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3118 3119 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3120 3121 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3122 3123 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3124 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3125 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3126 3127 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3128 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3129 3130 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3131 3132 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3133 3134 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3135 3136 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3137 3138 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3139 3140 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3141 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3142 3143 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3144 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3145 3146 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3147 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3148 3149 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3150 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3151 3152 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3153 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3154 3155 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3156 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3157 3158 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3159 3160 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3161 3162 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3163 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3164 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3165 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3166 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3167 3168 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3169 3170 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3171 3172 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3173 3174 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3175 3176 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3177 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3178 3179 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3180 3181 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3182 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3183 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3184 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3185 3186 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3187 3188 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3189 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3190 3191 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3192 3193 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3194 3195 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3196 3197 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3198 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3199 3200 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3201 3202 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3203 3204 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3205 3206 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3207 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3208 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3209 3210 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3211 3212 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3213 3214 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3215 3216 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3217 3218 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3219 3220 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3221 3222 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3223 3224 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3225 3226 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3227 3228 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3229 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3230 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3231 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3232 3233 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3234 3235 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3236 3237 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3238 3239 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3240 3241 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3242 3243 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3244 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3245 3246 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3247 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3248 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3249 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3250 3251 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3252 3253 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3254 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3255 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3256 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3257 3258 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3259 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3260 3261 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3262 3263 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3264 3265 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3266 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3267 3268 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3269 3270 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3271 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3272 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3273 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3274 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3275 3276 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3277 3278 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3279 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3280 3281 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3282 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3283 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3284 3285 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3286 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3287 3288 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3289 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3290 3291 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3292 3293 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3294 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3295 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3296 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3297 3298 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3299 3300 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3301 3302 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3303 3304 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3305 3306 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3307 3308 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3309 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3310 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3311 3312 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3313 3314 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3315 3316 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3317 3318 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3319 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3320 3321 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3322 3323 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3324 3325 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3326 3327 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3328 3329 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3330 3331 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3332 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3333 3334 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3335 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3336 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3337 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3338 3339 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3340 3341 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3342 3343 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3344 3345 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3346 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3347 3348 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3349 3350 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3351 3352 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3353 3354 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3355 3356 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3357 3358 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3359 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3360 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3361 3362 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3363 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3364 3365 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3366 3367 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3368 3369 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3370 3371 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3372 3373 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3374 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3375 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3376 3377 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3378 3379 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3380 3381 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3382 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3383 3384 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3385 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3386 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3387 3388 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3389 3390 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3391 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3392 3393 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3394 3395 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3396 3397 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3398 3399 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3400 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3401 3402 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3403 3404 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3405 3406 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3407 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3408 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3409 }; 3410 3411 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3412 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3413 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3414 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3415 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3416 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3417 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3418 3419 /* 3420 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3421 * here 3422 */ 3423 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3424 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3425 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3426 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3427 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3428 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3429 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3430 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3431 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3432 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3433 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3434 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3435 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3436 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3437 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3438 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3439 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3440 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3441 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3442 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3443 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3444 3445 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3446 3447 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3448 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3449 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3450 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3451 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3452 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3453 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3454 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3455 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3456 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3457 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3458 3459 /* 3460 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3461 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3462 */ 3463 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3464 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3465 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3466 3467 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3468 3469 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3470 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3471 3472 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3473 3474 /** 3475 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3476 * 3477 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3478 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3479 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3480 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3481 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3482 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3483 * AP type interface. 3484 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3485 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3486 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3487 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3488 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3489 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3490 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3491 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3492 * commands to create and destroy one 3493 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3494 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3495 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3496 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3497 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3498 * 3499 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3500 * to set the type of an interface. 3501 * 3502 */ 3503 enum nl80211_iftype { 3504 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3505 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3506 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3507 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3508 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3509 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3510 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3511 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3512 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3513 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3514 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3515 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3516 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3517 3518 /* keep last */ 3519 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3520 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3521 }; 3522 3523 /** 3524 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3525 * 3526 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3527 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3528 * 3529 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3530 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3531 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3532 * with short barker preamble 3533 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3534 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3535 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3536 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3537 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3538 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3539 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3540 * as errors.) 3541 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3542 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3543 * previously added station into associated state 3544 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 3545 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3546 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3547 */ 3548 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3549 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3550 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3551 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3552 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3553 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3554 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3555 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3556 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3557 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 3558 3559 /* keep last */ 3560 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3561 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3562 }; 3563 3564 /** 3565 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3566 * 3567 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3568 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3569 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3570 */ 3571 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3572 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3573 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3574 3575 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3576 }; 3577 3578 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3579 3580 /** 3581 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3582 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3583 * @set: which values to set them to 3584 * 3585 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3586 */ 3587 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3588 __u32 mask; 3589 __u32 set; 3590 } __attribute__((packed)); 3591 3592 /** 3593 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3594 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3595 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3596 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3597 */ 3598 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3599 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3600 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3601 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3602 }; 3603 3604 /** 3605 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3606 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3607 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3608 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3609 */ 3610 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3611 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3612 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3613 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3614 }; 3615 3616 /** 3617 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3618 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3619 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3620 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3621 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3622 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3623 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3624 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3625 */ 3626 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3634 }; 3635 3636 /** 3637 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3638 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3639 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3640 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3641 */ 3642 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3643 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3644 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3645 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3646 }; 3647 3648 /** 3649 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3650 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3651 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3652 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3653 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3654 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3655 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3656 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3657 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3658 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3659 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3660 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3661 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3662 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3663 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3664 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3665 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3666 */ 3667 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3668 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3669 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3670 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3671 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3672 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3673 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3674 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3675 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3676 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3677 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3678 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3679 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3680 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3681 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3682 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3683 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3684 }; 3685 3686 /** 3687 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3688 * 3689 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3690 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3691 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3692 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3693 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3694 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3695 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3696 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3697 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3698 * 3699 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3700 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3701 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3704 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3705 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3707 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3708 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3710 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3711 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3712 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3713 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3714 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3715 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3716 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3717 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3718 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3719 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3720 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3721 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3722 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3723 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3724 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3725 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3726 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3727 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3728 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3729 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3730 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3731 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3732 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 3733 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 3734 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 3735 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 3736 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 3737 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 3738 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 3739 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3740 */ 3741 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3742 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3743 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3744 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3745 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3746 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3747 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3748 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3749 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3750 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3751 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3752 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3753 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3754 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3755 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3756 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3757 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3758 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3759 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3760 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3761 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3762 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3763 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3764 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3765 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 3766 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 3767 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 3768 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 3771 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 3772 3773 /* keep last */ 3774 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3775 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3776 }; 3777 3778 /** 3779 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3780 * 3781 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3782 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3783 * 3784 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3785 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3786 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3787 * (flag) 3788 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3789 * (flag) 3790 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3791 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3792 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3793 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3794 */ 3795 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3796 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3797 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3798 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3799 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3800 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3801 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3802 3803 /* keep last */ 3804 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3805 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3806 }; 3807 3808 /** 3809 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3810 * 3811 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3812 * when getting information about a station. 3813 * 3814 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3815 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3816 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3817 * (u32, from this station) 3818 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3819 * (u32, to this station) 3820 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3821 * (u64, from this station) 3822 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3823 * (u64, to this station) 3824 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3825 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3826 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3827 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3828 * (u32, from this station) 3829 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3830 * (u32, to this station) 3831 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3832 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3833 * (u32, to this station) 3834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3835 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3836 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3837 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3838 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3839 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3840 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3841 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3842 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3843 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3844 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3845 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3846 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3848 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3849 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3850 * non-peer STA 3851 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3852 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3853 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3854 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3855 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3856 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3857 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3858 * (u64) 3859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3860 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3861 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3862 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3863 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3864 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3865 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3866 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3868 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3870 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3872 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3873 * (u32, from this station) 3874 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3875 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3876 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3877 * might not be fully accurate. 3878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3879 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3881 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3882 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3883 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3884 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3885 * of STA's association 3886 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3887 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3888 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3889 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3890 */ 3891 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3892 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3893 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3894 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3895 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3896 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3897 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3898 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3899 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3900 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3901 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3902 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3903 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3904 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3905 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3906 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3907 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3908 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3909 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3910 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3911 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3912 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3913 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3914 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3915 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3916 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3917 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3918 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3919 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3920 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3921 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3922 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3923 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3924 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3925 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3926 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3927 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3928 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3929 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3930 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3931 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3932 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3933 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3934 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3935 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3936 3937 /* keep last */ 3938 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3939 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3940 }; 3941 3942 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3943 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3944 3945 3946 /** 3947 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3948 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3949 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3950 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3951 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3952 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3953 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3954 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3955 * MSDUs (u64) 3956 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3957 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3958 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3959 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3960 */ 3961 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3962 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3963 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3964 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3965 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3966 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3967 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3968 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3969 3970 /* keep last */ 3971 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3972 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3973 }; 3974 3975 /** 3976 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3977 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3978 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3979 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3980 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3981 * backlogged 3982 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3983 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3984 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3985 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3986 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3987 * (only for per-phy stats) 3988 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3989 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3990 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3991 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3992 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3993 */ 3994 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3995 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3996 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3997 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3998 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3999 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 4000 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4001 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4002 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4003 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4004 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4005 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4006 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4007 4008 /* keep last */ 4009 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4010 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4011 }; 4012 4013 /** 4014 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4015 * 4016 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4017 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4018 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4019 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4020 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4021 */ 4022 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4023 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4024 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4025 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4026 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4027 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4028 }; 4029 4030 /** 4031 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4032 * 4033 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4034 * information about a mesh path. 4035 * 4036 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4037 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4038 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4039 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4040 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4041 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4042 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4043 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4044 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4045 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4046 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4047 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4048 * currently defined 4049 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4050 */ 4051 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4052 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4053 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4054 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4055 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4056 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4057 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4058 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4059 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4060 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4061 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4062 4063 /* keep last */ 4064 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4065 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4066 }; 4067 4068 /** 4069 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4070 * 4071 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4072 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4073 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4074 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4075 * capabilities IE 4076 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4077 * capabilities IE 4078 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4079 * capabilities IE 4080 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4081 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4082 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 4083 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 4084 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4085 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4086 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4087 * capabilities element 4088 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4089 * capabilities element 4090 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4091 * capabilities element 4092 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4093 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4094 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4095 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4096 */ 4097 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4098 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4099 4100 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4101 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4102 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4103 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4104 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4105 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4106 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4107 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4108 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4109 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4110 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4111 4112 /* keep last */ 4113 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4114 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4115 }; 4116 4117 /** 4118 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4119 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4120 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4121 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4122 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4123 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4124 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4125 * defined in 802.11n 4126 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4127 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4128 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4129 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4130 * defined in 802.11ac 4131 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4132 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4133 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4134 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4135 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4136 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4137 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4138 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4139 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4140 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4141 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4142 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4143 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4144 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4145 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4146 */ 4147 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4148 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4149 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4150 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4151 4152 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4153 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4154 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4155 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4156 4157 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4158 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4159 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4160 4161 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4162 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4163 4164 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4165 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4166 4167 /* keep last */ 4168 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4169 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4170 }; 4171 4172 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4173 4174 /** 4175 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4176 * 4177 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4178 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4179 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4180 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4181 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4182 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4183 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4184 */ 4185 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4186 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4187 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4188 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4189 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4190 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4191 4192 /* keep last */ 4193 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4194 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4195 }; 4196 4197 /** 4198 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4199 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4200 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4201 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4202 * regulatory domain. 4203 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4204 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4205 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4206 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4207 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4208 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4209 * (100 * dBm). 4210 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4211 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4212 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4213 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4214 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4215 * channel as the control channel 4216 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4217 * channel as the control channel 4218 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4219 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4220 * this includes 80+80 channels 4221 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4222 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4223 * isn't possible 4224 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4225 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4226 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4227 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4228 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4229 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4230 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4231 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4232 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4233 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4234 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4235 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4236 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4237 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4238 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4239 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4240 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4241 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4242 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4243 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4244 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4245 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4246 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4247 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4248 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4249 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4250 * in current regulatory domain. 4251 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4252 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4253 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4254 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4255 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4256 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4257 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4258 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4259 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4260 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4261 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4262 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4263 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4264 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4265 * in current regulatory domain. 4266 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4267 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4268 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4269 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4270 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4271 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4272 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4273 * not allowed using this channel 4274 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4275 * not allowed using this channel 4276 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor 4277 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is 4278 * otherwise completely disabled. 4279 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4280 * currently defined 4281 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4282 * 4283 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4284 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4285 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4286 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4287 */ 4288 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4289 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4290 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4291 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4292 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4293 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4294 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4295 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4296 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4297 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4298 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4299 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4300 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4301 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4302 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4303 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4304 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4305 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4306 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4307 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4308 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4309 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4310 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4311 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4312 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4313 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4314 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4315 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4316 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4317 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4318 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4319 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, 4320 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, 4321 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, 4322 4323 /* keep last */ 4324 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4325 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4326 }; 4327 4328 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4329 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4330 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4331 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4332 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4333 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4334 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ 4335 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4336 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ 4337 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4338 4339 /** 4340 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4341 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4342 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4343 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4344 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4345 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4346 * currently defined 4347 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4348 */ 4349 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4350 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4351 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4352 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4353 4354 /* keep last */ 4355 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4356 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4357 }; 4358 4359 /** 4360 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4361 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4362 * regulatory domain. 4363 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4364 * regulatory domain. 4365 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4366 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4367 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4368 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4369 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4370 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4371 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4372 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4373 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4374 */ 4375 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4376 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4377 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4378 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4379 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4380 }; 4381 4382 /** 4383 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4384 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4385 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4386 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4387 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4388 * domain. 4389 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4390 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4391 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4392 * them to be applied. 4393 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4394 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4395 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4396 * domain request to be processed. 4397 */ 4398 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4399 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4400 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4401 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4402 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4403 }; 4404 4405 /** 4406 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4407 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4408 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4409 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4410 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4411 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4412 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4413 * band edge. 4414 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4415 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4416 * band edge. 4417 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4418 * frequency range, in KHz. 4419 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4420 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4421 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4422 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4423 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4424 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4425 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4426 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4427 * This could be negative. 4428 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4429 * currently defined 4430 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4431 */ 4432 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4433 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4434 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4435 4436 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4437 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4438 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4439 4440 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4441 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4442 4443 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4444 4445 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 4446 4447 /* keep last */ 4448 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4449 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4450 }; 4451 4452 /** 4453 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4454 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4455 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4456 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4457 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4458 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4459 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4460 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4461 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4462 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4463 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4464 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4465 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4466 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4467 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4468 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4469 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4470 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4471 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4472 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4473 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4474 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4475 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 4476 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4477 * attribute number currently defined 4478 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4479 */ 4480 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4481 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4482 4483 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4484 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4485 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4486 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4487 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4488 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 4489 4490 /* keep last */ 4491 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4492 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4493 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4494 }; 4495 4496 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4497 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4498 4499 /** 4500 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4501 * 4502 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4503 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4504 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4505 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4506 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4507 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4508 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4509 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4510 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4511 * beaconing. 4512 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4513 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4514 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4515 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4516 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4517 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4518 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4519 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4520 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4521 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4522 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 4523 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 4524 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 4525 peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 4526 which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 4527 Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4528 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 4529 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 4530 */ 4531 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4532 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4533 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4534 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4535 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4536 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4537 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4538 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4539 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4540 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4541 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4542 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4543 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4544 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4545 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4546 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4547 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4548 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, 4549 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1<<19, 4550 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1<<20, 4551 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1<<21, 4552 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1<<22, 4553 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1<<23, 4554 }; 4555 4556 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4557 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4558 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4559 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4560 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4561 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4562 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4563 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4564 4565 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4566 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4567 4568 /** 4569 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4570 * 4571 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4572 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4573 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4574 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4575 */ 4576 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4577 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4578 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4579 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4580 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4581 }; 4582 4583 /** 4584 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4585 * 4586 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4587 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4588 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4589 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4590 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4591 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4592 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4593 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4594 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4595 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4596 * supported feature. 4597 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4598 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4599 */ 4600 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4601 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4602 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4603 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4604 }; 4605 4606 /** 4607 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4608 * 4609 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4610 * when getting information about a survey. 4611 * 4612 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4613 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4614 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4615 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4616 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4617 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4618 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4619 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4620 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4621 * channel was sensed busy 4622 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4623 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4624 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4625 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4626 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4627 * (on this channel or globally) 4628 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4629 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4630 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4631 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4632 * currently defined 4633 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4634 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4635 */ 4636 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4637 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4638 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4639 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4640 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4641 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4642 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4643 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4644 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4645 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4646 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4647 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4648 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4649 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4650 4651 /* keep last */ 4652 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4653 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4654 }; 4655 4656 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4657 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4658 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4659 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4660 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4661 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4662 4663 /** 4664 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4665 * 4666 * Monitor configuration flags. 4667 * 4668 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4669 * 4670 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4671 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4672 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4673 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4674 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4675 * overrides all other flags. 4676 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4677 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4678 * 4679 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4680 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4681 */ 4682 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4683 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4684 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4685 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4686 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4687 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4688 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4689 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4690 4691 /* keep last */ 4692 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4693 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4694 }; 4695 4696 /** 4697 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4698 * 4699 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4700 * not known or has not been set yet. 4701 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4702 * in Awake state all the time. 4703 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4704 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4705 * neighbor's beacons. 4706 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4707 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4708 * for neighbor's beacons. 4709 * 4710 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4711 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4712 */ 4713 4714 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4715 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4716 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4717 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4718 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4719 4720 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4721 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4722 }; 4723 4724 /** 4725 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4726 * 4727 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4728 * active. 4729 * 4730 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4731 * 4732 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4733 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4734 * 4735 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4736 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4737 * 4738 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4739 * millisecond units 4740 * 4741 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4742 * on this mesh interface 4743 * 4744 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4745 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4746 * mesh 4747 * 4748 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4749 * point. 4750 * 4751 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4752 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4753 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4754 * set. 4755 * 4756 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4757 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4758 * target) 4759 * 4760 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4761 * (in milliseconds) 4762 * 4763 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4764 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4765 * 4766 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4767 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4768 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4769 * 4770 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4771 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4772 * reference element 4773 * 4774 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4775 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4776 * mesh 4777 * 4778 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4779 * 4780 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4781 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4782 * 4783 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4784 * root announcements are transmitted. 4785 * 4786 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4787 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4788 * Announcement frames. 4789 * 4790 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4791 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4792 * PERR element. 4793 * 4794 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4795 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4796 * 4797 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4798 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4799 * a peer link. 4800 * 4801 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4802 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4803 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4804 * 4805 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4806 * 4807 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4808 * 4809 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4810 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4811 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4812 * 4813 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4814 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4815 * 4816 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4817 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4818 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4819 * 4820 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4821 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4822 * 4823 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4824 * 4825 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4826 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4827 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4828 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4829 * 4830 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4831 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4832 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4833 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4834 * 4835 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4836 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4837 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4838 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4839 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4840 * 4841 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4842 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4843 * in the mesh formation field. 4844 * 4845 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4846 */ 4847 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4848 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4849 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4850 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4851 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4852 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4853 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4854 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4855 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4856 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4857 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4858 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4859 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4860 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4861 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4862 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4863 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4864 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4865 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4866 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4867 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4868 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4869 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4870 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4871 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4872 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4873 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4874 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4875 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4876 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4877 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4878 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4879 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4880 4881 /* keep last */ 4882 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4883 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4884 }; 4885 4886 /** 4887 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4888 * 4889 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4890 * changed while the mesh is active. 4891 * 4892 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4893 * 4894 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4895 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4896 * default HWMP. 4897 * 4898 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4899 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4900 * metric. 4901 * 4902 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4903 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4904 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4905 * metrics in use. 4906 * 4907 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4908 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4909 * 4910 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4911 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4912 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4913 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4914 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4915 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4916 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4917 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4918 * userspace daemon. 4919 * 4920 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4921 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4922 * neighbor offset synchronization 4923 * 4924 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4925 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4926 * 4927 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4928 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4929 * Default is no authentication method required. 4930 * 4931 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4932 * 4933 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4934 */ 4935 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4936 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4937 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4938 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4939 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4940 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4941 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4942 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4943 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4944 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4945 4946 /* keep last */ 4947 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4948 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4949 }; 4950 4951 /** 4952 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4953 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4954 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4955 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4956 * disabled 4957 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4958 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4959 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4960 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4961 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4962 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4963 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4964 */ 4965 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4966 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4967 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4968 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4969 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4970 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4971 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4972 4973 /* keep last */ 4974 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4975 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4976 }; 4977 4978 enum nl80211_ac { 4979 NL80211_AC_VO, 4980 NL80211_AC_VI, 4981 NL80211_AC_BE, 4982 NL80211_AC_BK, 4983 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4984 }; 4985 4986 /* backward compat */ 4987 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4988 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4989 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4990 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4991 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4992 4993 /** 4994 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4995 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4996 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4997 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4998 * below the control channel 4999 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5000 * above the control channel 5001 */ 5002 enum nl80211_channel_type { 5003 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 5004 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 5005 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 5006 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 5007 }; 5008 5009 /** 5010 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5011 * 5012 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5013 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5014 * 5015 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5016 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5017 * 5018 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5019 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5020 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5021 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5022 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5023 */ 5024 enum nl80211_key_mode { 5025 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5026 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5027 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5028 }; 5029 5030 /** 5031 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5032 * 5033 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5034 * attribute. 5035 * 5036 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5037 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5038 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5039 * attribute must be provided as well 5040 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5041 * attribute must be provided as well 5042 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5043 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5044 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5045 * attribute must be provided as well 5046 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5047 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5048 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5049 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5050 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5051 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5052 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5053 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5054 * attribute must be provided as well 5055 */ 5056 enum nl80211_chan_width { 5057 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5058 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5059 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5060 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5061 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5062 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5063 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5064 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5065 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5066 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5067 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5068 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5069 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5070 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5071 }; 5072 5073 /** 5074 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5075 * 5076 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5077 * 5078 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5079 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5080 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5081 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5082 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5083 */ 5084 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5085 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5086 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5087 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5088 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5089 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5090 }; 5091 5092 /** 5093 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5094 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5095 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5096 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5097 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5098 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5099 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5100 */ 5101 enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5102 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5103 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5104 }; 5105 5106 /** 5107 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5108 * BSS isn't possible 5109 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5110 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5111 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5112 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5113 */ 5114 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5115 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5116 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5117 }; 5118 5119 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ 5120 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH 5121 5122 /** 5123 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5124 * 5125 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5126 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5127 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5128 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5129 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5130 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5131 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5132 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5133 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5134 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5135 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5136 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5137 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5138 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5139 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5140 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5141 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5142 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5143 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5144 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5145 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5146 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5147 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5148 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5149 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5150 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5151 * yet been received 5152 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5153 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5154 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5155 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5156 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5157 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5158 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5159 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5160 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5161 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5162 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5163 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5164 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5165 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5166 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5167 * is set. 5168 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5169 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5170 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5171 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5172 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5173 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5174 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5175 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5176 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5177 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5178 * even though its presence was detected. 5179 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5180 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5181 * if no reasons are specified. 5182 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5183 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5184 */ 5185 enum nl80211_bss { 5186 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5187 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5188 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5189 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5190 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5191 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5192 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5193 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5194 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5195 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5196 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5197 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5198 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5199 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5200 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5201 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5202 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5203 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5204 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5205 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5206 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5207 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5208 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5209 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5210 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5211 5212 /* keep last */ 5213 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5214 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5215 }; 5216 5217 /** 5218 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5219 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5220 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5221 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5222 * a given BSS. 5223 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5224 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5225 * 5226 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5227 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5228 */ 5229 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5230 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5231 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5232 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5233 }; 5234 5235 /** 5236 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5237 * 5238 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5239 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5240 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5241 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5242 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5243 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5244 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5245 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5246 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5247 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5248 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5249 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5250 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5251 */ 5252 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5253 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5254 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5255 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5256 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5257 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5258 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5259 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5260 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5261 5262 /* keep last */ 5263 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5264 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5265 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5266 }; 5267 5268 /** 5269 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5270 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5271 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5272 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5273 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5274 */ 5275 enum nl80211_key_type { 5276 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5277 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5278 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5279 5280 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5281 }; 5282 5283 /** 5284 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5285 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5286 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5287 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5288 */ 5289 enum nl80211_mfp { 5290 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5291 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5292 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5293 }; 5294 5295 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5296 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5297 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5298 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5299 }; 5300 5301 /** 5302 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5303 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5304 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5305 * unicast key 5306 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5307 * multicast key 5308 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5309 */ 5310 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5311 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5312 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5313 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5314 5315 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5316 }; 5317 5318 /** 5319 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5320 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5321 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5322 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5323 * keys 5324 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5325 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5326 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5327 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5328 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5329 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5330 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5331 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5332 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5333 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5334 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5335 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5336 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5337 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5338 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5339 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5340 * 5341 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5342 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5343 */ 5344 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5345 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5346 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5347 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5348 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5349 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5350 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5351 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5352 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5353 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5354 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5355 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5356 5357 /* keep last */ 5358 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5359 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5360 }; 5361 5362 /** 5363 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5364 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5365 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5366 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5367 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5368 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5369 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5370 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5371 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5372 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5373 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5374 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5375 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5376 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5377 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5378 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5379 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5380 */ 5381 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5382 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5383 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5384 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5385 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5386 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5387 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5388 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5389 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5390 5391 /* keep last */ 5392 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5393 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5394 }; 5395 5396 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5397 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5398 5399 /** 5400 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5401 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5402 */ 5403 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5404 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5405 }; 5406 5407 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5408 /** 5409 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5410 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5411 */ 5412 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5413 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5414 }; 5415 5416 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5417 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5418 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5419 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5420 }; 5421 5422 /** 5423 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5424 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5425 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5426 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5427 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5428 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5429 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5430 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5431 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5432 */ 5433 enum nl80211_band { 5434 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5435 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5436 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5437 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5438 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5439 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5440 5441 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5442 }; 5443 5444 /** 5445 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5446 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5447 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5448 */ 5449 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5450 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5451 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5452 }; 5453 5454 /** 5455 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5456 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5457 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5458 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5459 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5460 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5461 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5462 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5463 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5464 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5465 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5466 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5467 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5468 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5469 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5470 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5471 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5472 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5473 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5474 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5475 * checked. 5476 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5477 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5478 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5479 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5480 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5481 * loss event 5482 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5483 * RSSI threshold event. 5484 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5485 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5486 */ 5487 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5488 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5489 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5490 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5491 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5492 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5493 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5494 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5495 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5496 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5497 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5498 5499 /* keep last */ 5500 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5501 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5502 }; 5503 5504 /** 5505 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5506 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5507 * configured threshold 5508 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5509 * configured threshold 5510 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5511 */ 5512 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5513 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5514 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5515 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5516 }; 5517 5518 5519 /** 5520 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5521 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5522 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5523 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5524 */ 5525 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5526 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5527 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5528 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5529 }; 5530 5531 /** 5532 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5533 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5534 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5535 */ 5536 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5537 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5538 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5539 }; 5540 5541 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5542 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5543 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5544 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5545 */ 5546 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5547 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5548 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5549 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5550 }; 5551 5552 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5553 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5554 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5555 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5556 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5557 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5558 * per peer instead. 5559 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 5560 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5561 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5562 * should be left untouched. 5563 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5564 * Its type is u16. 5565 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5566 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5567 * Its type is u8. 5568 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5569 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5570 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5571 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5572 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5573 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5574 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5575 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5576 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5577 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5578 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5579 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5580 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5581 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5582 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5583 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5584 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5585 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5586 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5587 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5588 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5589 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5590 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5591 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5592 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5593 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5594 * station. 5595 */ 5596 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5597 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5598 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5599 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5600 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5601 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5602 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5603 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5604 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5605 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5606 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5607 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5608 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5609 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5610 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5611 5612 /* keep last */ 5613 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5614 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5615 }; 5616 5617 /** 5618 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5619 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5620 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5621 * a zero bit are ignored 5622 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5623 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5624 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5625 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5626 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5627 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5628 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5629 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5630 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5631 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5632 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5633 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5634 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5635 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5636 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5637 */ 5638 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5639 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5640 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5641 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5642 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5643 5644 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5645 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5646 }; 5647 5648 /** 5649 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5650 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5651 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5652 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5653 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5654 * 5655 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5656 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5657 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5658 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5659 * by the kernel to userspace. 5660 */ 5661 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5662 __u32 max_patterns; 5663 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5664 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5665 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5666 } __attribute__((packed)); 5667 5668 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5669 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5670 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5671 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5672 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5673 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5674 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5675 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5676 5677 /** 5678 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5679 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5680 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5681 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5682 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5683 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5684 * any others are even supported by the device. 5685 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5686 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5687 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5688 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5689 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5690 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5691 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5692 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5693 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5694 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5695 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5696 * 5697 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5698 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5699 * 5700 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5701 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5702 * to the kernel when configuring. 5703 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5704 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5705 * by the device (flag) 5706 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5707 * done by the device) (flag) 5708 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5709 * packet (flag) 5710 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5711 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5712 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5713 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5714 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5715 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5716 * attribute contains the original length. 5717 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5718 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5719 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5720 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5721 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5722 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5723 * contains the original length. 5724 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5725 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5726 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5727 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5728 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5729 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5730 * the TCP connection. 5731 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5732 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5734 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5735 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5736 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5737 * service 5738 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5739 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5740 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5741 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5742 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5743 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5744 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5745 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5746 * supported by the driver (u32). 5747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5748 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5749 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5750 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5751 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5752 * occurred. 5753 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5754 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5755 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5756 * these attributes must be present. If 5757 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5758 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5759 * channel. 5760 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. 5761 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. 5762 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5763 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5764 * 5765 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5766 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5767 */ 5768 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5769 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5770 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5771 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5772 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5773 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5774 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5775 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5776 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5777 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5778 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5779 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5780 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5781 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5782 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5783 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5784 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5785 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5786 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5787 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5788 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5789 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, 5790 5791 /* keep last */ 5792 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5793 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5794 }; 5795 5796 /** 5797 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5798 * 5799 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5800 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5801 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5802 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5803 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5804 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5805 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5806 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5807 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5808 * 5809 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5810 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5811 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5812 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5813 * also woken up. 5814 * 5815 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5816 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5817 */ 5818 5819 /** 5820 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5821 * @start: starting value 5822 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5823 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5824 * 5825 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5826 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5827 * in little endian. 5828 */ 5829 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5830 __u32 start, offset, len; 5831 }; 5832 5833 /** 5834 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5835 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5836 * @len: length of each token 5837 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5838 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5839 */ 5840 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5841 __u32 offset, len; 5842 __u8 token_stream[]; 5843 }; 5844 5845 /** 5846 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5847 * @min_len: minimum token length 5848 * @max_len: maximum token length 5849 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5850 */ 5851 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5852 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5853 }; 5854 5855 /** 5856 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5857 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5858 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5859 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5860 * (in network byte order) 5861 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5862 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5863 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5864 * might require ARP querying. 5865 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5866 * socket and port will be allocated 5867 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5868 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5869 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5870 * of the data payload. 5871 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5872 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5873 * advertising it is just a flag 5874 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5875 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5876 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5877 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5878 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5879 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5880 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5881 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5882 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5883 * but on the TCP payload only. 5884 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5885 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5886 */ 5887 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5888 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5889 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5890 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5891 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5892 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5893 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5894 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5895 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5896 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5897 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5898 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5899 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5900 5901 /* keep last */ 5902 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5903 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5904 }; 5905 5906 /** 5907 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5908 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5909 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5910 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5911 * 5912 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5913 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5914 */ 5915 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5916 __u32 max_rules; 5917 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5918 __u32 max_delay; 5919 } __attribute__((packed)); 5920 5921 /** 5922 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5923 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5924 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5925 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5926 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5927 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5928 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5929 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5930 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5931 */ 5932 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5933 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5934 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5935 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5936 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5937 5938 /* keep last */ 5939 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5940 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5941 }; 5942 5943 /** 5944 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5945 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5946 * in a rule are matched. 5947 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5948 * in a rule are not matched. 5949 */ 5950 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5951 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5952 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5953 }; 5954 5955 /** 5956 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5957 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5958 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5959 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5960 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5961 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5962 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5963 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5964 */ 5965 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5966 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5967 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5968 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5969 5970 /* keep last */ 5971 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5972 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5973 }; 5974 5975 /** 5976 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5977 * 5978 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5979 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5980 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5981 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5982 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5983 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5984 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5985 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5986 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5987 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5988 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5989 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5990 * different channels may be used within this group. 5991 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5992 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5993 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5994 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5995 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5996 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5997 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5998 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5999 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 6000 * 6001 * Examples: 6002 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 6003 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 6004 * 6005 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 6006 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 6007 * 6008 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 6009 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 6010 * 6011 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 6012 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 6013 * 6014 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 6015 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 6016 * that any of these groups must match. 6017 * 6018 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6019 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6020 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6021 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6022 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6023 */ 6024 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6025 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6026 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6027 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6028 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6029 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6030 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6031 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6032 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6033 6034 /* keep last */ 6035 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6036 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6037 }; 6038 6039 6040 /** 6041 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6042 * 6043 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6044 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6045 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6046 * this mesh peer 6047 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6048 * from this mesh peer 6049 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6050 * received from this mesh peer 6051 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6052 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6053 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6054 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6055 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6056 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6057 */ 6058 enum nl80211_plink_state { 6059 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6060 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6061 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6062 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6063 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6064 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6065 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6066 6067 /* keep last */ 6068 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6069 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6070 }; 6071 6072 /** 6073 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6074 * 6075 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6076 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6077 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6078 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6079 */ 6080 enum plink_actions { 6081 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6082 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6083 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6084 6085 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6086 }; 6087 6088 6089 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6090 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6091 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6092 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6093 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6094 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6095 6096 /** 6097 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6098 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6099 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6100 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6101 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6102 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6103 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6104 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6105 */ 6106 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6107 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6108 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6109 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6110 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6111 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6112 6113 /* keep last */ 6114 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6115 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6116 }; 6117 6118 /** 6119 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6120 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6121 * Beacon frames) 6122 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6123 * in Beacon frames 6124 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6125 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6126 */ 6127 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6128 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6129 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6130 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6131 }; 6132 6133 /** 6134 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6135 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6136 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6137 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6138 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6139 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6140 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6141 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6142 */ 6143 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6144 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6145 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6146 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6147 6148 /* keep last */ 6149 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6150 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6151 }; 6152 6153 /** 6154 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6155 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6156 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6157 * priority) 6158 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6159 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6160 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6161 * (internal) 6162 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6163 * (internal) 6164 */ 6165 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6166 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6167 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6168 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6169 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6170 6171 /* keep last */ 6172 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6173 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6174 }; 6175 6176 /** 6177 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6178 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6179 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6180 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6181 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6182 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6183 */ 6184 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6185 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6186 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6187 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6188 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6189 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6190 }; 6191 6192 /** 6193 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6194 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6195 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6196 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6197 */ 6198 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6199 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6200 }; 6201 6202 /** 6203 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6204 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6205 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6206 * socket option. 6207 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6208 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6209 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6210 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6211 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6212 * cellular base stations. 6213 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6214 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6215 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6216 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6217 * mode 6218 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6219 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6220 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6221 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6222 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6223 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6224 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6226 * setting 6227 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6228 * powersave 6229 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6230 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6231 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6232 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6233 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6234 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6235 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6236 * states using station flags. 6237 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6238 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6239 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6240 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6241 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6242 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6243 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6244 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6245 * still generated by the driver. 6246 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6247 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6248 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6249 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6250 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6251 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6252 * lifetime of a BSS. 6253 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6254 * Set IE to probe requests. 6255 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6256 * to probe requests. 6257 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6258 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6260 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6261 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6262 * Measurement Report action frame. 6263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6264 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6265 * to enable dynack. 6266 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6267 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6268 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6270 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6271 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6272 * rts/cts handshake. 6273 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6274 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6275 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6276 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6277 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6278 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6279 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6280 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6281 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6282 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6283 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6284 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6285 * address mask/value will be used. 6286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6287 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6288 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6289 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6291 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6292 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6293 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6294 */ 6295 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6296 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6297 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6298 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6299 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6300 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6301 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6302 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6303 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6304 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6305 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6306 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6307 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6308 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6309 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6310 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6311 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6312 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6313 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6314 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6315 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6316 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6317 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6318 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6319 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6320 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6321 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6322 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6323 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6324 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6325 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6326 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6327 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6328 }; 6329 6330 /** 6331 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6332 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6333 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6334 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6335 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6336 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6337 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6338 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6339 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6340 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6341 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6342 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6343 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6344 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6345 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6346 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6347 * (if available). 6348 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6349 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6350 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6351 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6352 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6353 * specified). 6354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6355 * channel dwell time. 6356 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6357 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6358 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6359 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6360 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6361 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6363 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6365 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6367 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6368 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6369 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6370 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6371 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6372 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6373 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6375 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6377 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6378 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6380 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6381 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6382 * be supported. 6383 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6384 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6385 * actual dwell time. 6386 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6387 * response 6388 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6389 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6390 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6391 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6392 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6393 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6395 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6397 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6398 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6399 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6400 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6401 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6402 * "radar detected" event. 6403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6404 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6406 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6408 * TXQs. 6409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6410 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6412 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6413 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6414 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6415 * timing measurement responder role. 6416 * 6417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6418 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6419 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6420 * freeze the connection. 6421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6422 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6423 * 6424 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6425 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6426 * scheduling. 6427 * 6428 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6429 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6430 * 6431 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 6432 * 6433 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6434 * to a station. 6435 * 6436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6437 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6438 * 6439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6440 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6441 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6442 * 6443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6444 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6445 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6446 * 6447 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6448 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6450 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6451 * 6452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6453 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6454 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6455 * 6456 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6457 * 6458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6459 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6460 * 6461 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6462 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6463 * 6464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6465 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6466 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6467 * included in the scan request. 6468 * 6469 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6470 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6471 * 6472 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6473 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6474 * 6475 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6476 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6477 * command). 6478 * 6479 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6480 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6481 * 6482 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6483 * frames transmission 6484 * 6485 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6486 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6487 * 6488 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6489 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6490 * 6491 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6492 * exchange protocol. 6493 * 6494 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6495 * exchange protocol. 6496 * 6497 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6498 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6499 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6500 * 6501 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6502 * detection and change announcemnts. 6503 * 6504 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6505 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6506 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6507 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6508 * 6509 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6510 * detection. 6511 * 6512 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6513 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6514 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6515 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6516 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6517 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6518 * in progress, and no active connections. 6519 * 6520 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 6521 * 6522 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 6523 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 6524 * 6525 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 6526 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 6527 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 6528 * 6529 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6530 * handling in station mode. 6531 * 6532 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6533 * handling in AP mode. 6534 * 6535 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 6536 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 6537 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 6538 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 6539 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 6540 * 6541 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 6542 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 6543 * in the RSNXE. 6544 * 6545 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6546 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6547 */ 6548 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6549 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6550 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6551 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6552 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6553 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6554 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6555 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6556 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6557 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6558 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6559 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6560 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6561 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6562 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6563 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6564 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6565 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6566 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6567 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6568 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6569 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6570 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6571 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6572 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6573 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6574 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6575 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6576 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6577 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6578 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6579 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6580 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6581 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6582 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6583 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6584 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6585 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6586 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 6587 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6588 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6589 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6590 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6591 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6592 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6593 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6594 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6595 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6596 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6597 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6598 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6599 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6600 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6601 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6602 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6603 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6604 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6605 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6606 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6607 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6608 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6609 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6610 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6611 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6612 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6613 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 6614 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 6615 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 6616 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 6617 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6618 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 6619 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 6620 6621 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6622 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6623 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6624 }; 6625 6626 /** 6627 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6628 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6629 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6630 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6631 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6632 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6633 * to the host. 6634 * 6635 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6636 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6637 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6638 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6639 */ 6640 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6641 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6642 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6643 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6644 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6645 }; 6646 6647 /** 6648 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6649 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6650 * handled by the AP is reached. 6651 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6652 */ 6653 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6654 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6655 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6656 }; 6657 6658 /** 6659 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6660 * 6661 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6662 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6663 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6664 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6665 */ 6666 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6667 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6668 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6669 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6670 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6671 }; 6672 6673 /** 6674 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6675 * 6676 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6677 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6678 * requests. 6679 * 6680 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6681 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6682 * one of them can be used in the request. 6683 * 6684 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6685 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6686 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6687 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6688 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6689 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6690 * when really needed 6691 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6692 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6693 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6694 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6695 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6696 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6697 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6698 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6699 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6700 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6701 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6702 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6703 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6704 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6705 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6706 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6707 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6708 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6709 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6710 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6711 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6712 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6713 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6714 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6715 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6716 * impacted with this flag. 6717 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6718 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6719 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6720 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6721 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6722 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6723 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6724 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6725 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6726 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6727 * possible. 6728 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6729 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6730 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6731 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6732 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6733 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6734 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 6735 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 6736 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 6737 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 6738 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 6739 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 6740 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 6741 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 6742 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 6743 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 6744 */ 6745 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6746 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6747 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6748 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6749 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6750 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6751 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6752 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6753 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6754 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6755 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6756 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6757 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6758 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6759 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6760 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6761 }; 6762 6763 /** 6764 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6765 * 6766 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6767 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6768 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6769 * 6770 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6771 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6772 * in ACL to authenticate. 6773 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6774 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6775 */ 6776 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6777 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6778 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6779 }; 6780 6781 /** 6782 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6783 * 6784 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6785 * 6786 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6787 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6788 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6789 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6790 */ 6791 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6792 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6793 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6794 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6795 6796 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6797 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6798 }; 6799 6800 /** 6801 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6802 * 6803 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6804 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6805 * 6806 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6807 * now unusable. 6808 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6809 * the channel is now available. 6810 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6811 * change to the channel status. 6812 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6813 * over, channel becomes usable. 6814 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6815 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6816 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6817 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6818 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6819 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6820 */ 6821 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6822 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6823 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6824 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6825 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6826 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6827 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6828 }; 6829 6830 /** 6831 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6832 * 6833 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6834 * 6835 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6836 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6837 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6838 * is therefore marked as not available. 6839 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6840 */ 6841 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6842 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6843 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6844 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6845 }; 6846 6847 /** 6848 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6849 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6850 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6851 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6852 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6853 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6854 */ 6855 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6856 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6857 }; 6858 6859 /** 6860 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6861 * 6862 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6863 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6864 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6865 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6866 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6867 */ 6868 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6869 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6870 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6871 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6872 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6873 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6874 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6875 }; 6876 6877 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6878 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6879 6880 /** 6881 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6882 * 6883 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6884 * 6885 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6886 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6887 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6888 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6889 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6890 */ 6891 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6892 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6893 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6894 }; 6895 6896 /* 6897 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6898 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6899 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6900 */ 6901 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6902 6903 /** 6904 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6905 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6906 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6907 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6908 * added to this file when needed. 6909 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6910 */ 6911 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6912 __u32 vendor_id; 6913 __u32 subcmd; 6914 }; 6915 6916 /** 6917 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6918 * 6919 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6920 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6921 * 6922 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6923 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6924 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6925 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6926 */ 6927 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6928 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6929 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6930 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6931 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6932 }; 6933 6934 /** 6935 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6936 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6937 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6938 * seconds (u32). 6939 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6940 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6941 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6942 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6943 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6944 * currently defined 6945 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6946 */ 6947 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6948 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6949 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6950 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6951 6952 /* keep last */ 6953 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6954 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6955 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6956 }; 6957 6958 /** 6959 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6960 * 6961 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6962 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6963 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6964 */ 6965 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6966 __u8 band; 6967 __s8 delta; 6968 } __attribute__((packed)); 6969 6970 /** 6971 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6972 * 6973 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6974 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6975 * is requested. 6976 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6977 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6978 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6979 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6980 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6981 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6982 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6983 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6984 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6985 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6986 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6987 * 6988 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6989 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6990 * which the driver shall use. 6991 */ 6992 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6993 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6994 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6995 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6996 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6997 6998 /* keep last */ 6999 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 7000 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 7001 }; 7002 7003 /** 7004 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 7005 * 7006 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 7007 * 7008 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 7009 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 7010 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 7011 */ 7012 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 7013 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 7014 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 7015 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 7016 7017 /* keep last */ 7018 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7019 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7020 }; 7021 7022 /** 7023 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7024 * 7025 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7026 * 7027 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7028 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7029 */ 7030 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7031 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7032 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7033 }; 7034 7035 /** 7036 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7037 * 7038 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7039 * 7040 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7041 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7042 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7043 */ 7044 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7045 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7046 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7047 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7048 }; 7049 7050 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7051 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7052 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7053 7054 /** 7055 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7056 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7057 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7058 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7059 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7060 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7061 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7062 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7063 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7064 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7065 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7066 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7067 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7068 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7069 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7070 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7071 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7072 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7073 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7074 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7075 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7076 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7077 * This is a flag. 7078 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7079 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7080 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7081 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7082 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7083 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7084 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7085 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7086 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7087 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7088 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7089 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7090 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7091 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7092 * 7093 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7094 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7095 */ 7096 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7097 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7098 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7099 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7100 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7101 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7102 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7103 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7104 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7105 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7106 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7107 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7108 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7109 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7110 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7111 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7112 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7113 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7114 7115 /* keep last */ 7116 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7117 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7118 }; 7119 7120 /** 7121 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7122 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7123 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7124 * This is a flag. 7125 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7126 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7127 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7128 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7129 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7130 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7131 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7132 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7133 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7134 */ 7135 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7136 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7137 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7138 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7139 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7140 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7141 7142 /* keep last */ 7143 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7144 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7145 }; 7146 7147 /** 7148 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7149 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7150 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7151 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7152 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7153 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7154 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7155 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7156 * 7157 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7158 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7159 */ 7160 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7161 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7162 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7163 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7164 7165 /* keep last */ 7166 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7167 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7168 }; 7169 7170 /** 7171 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7172 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7173 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7174 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7175 */ 7176 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7177 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7178 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7179 }; 7180 7181 /** 7182 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7183 * responder attributes 7184 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7185 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7186 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7187 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7188 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7189 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7190 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7191 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7192 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7193 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7194 */ 7195 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7196 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7197 7198 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7199 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7200 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7201 7202 /* keep last */ 7203 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7204 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7205 }; 7206 7207 /* 7208 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7209 * 7210 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7211 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7212 * 7213 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7214 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7215 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7216 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7217 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7218 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7219 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7220 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7221 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7222 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7223 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7224 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7225 * phase with the responder (u32) 7226 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7227 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7228 * FTM slot (u32) 7229 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7230 * scheduled window (u32) 7231 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7232 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7233 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7234 */ 7235 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7236 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7237 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7238 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7239 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7240 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7241 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7242 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7243 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7244 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7245 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7246 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7247 7248 /* keep last */ 7249 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7250 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7251 }; 7252 7253 /** 7254 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7255 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7256 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7257 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7258 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7259 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7260 */ 7261 enum nl80211_preamble { 7262 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7263 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7264 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7265 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7266 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7267 }; 7268 7269 /** 7270 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7271 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7272 * these numbers also for attributes 7273 * 7274 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7275 * 7276 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7277 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7278 */ 7279 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7280 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7281 7282 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7283 7284 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7285 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7286 }; 7287 7288 /** 7289 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7290 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7291 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7292 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7293 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7294 * reason may be available in the response data 7295 */ 7296 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7297 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7298 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7299 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7300 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7301 }; 7302 7303 /** 7304 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7305 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7306 * 7307 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7308 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7309 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7310 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7311 * (flag attribute) 7312 * 7313 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7314 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7315 */ 7316 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7317 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7318 7319 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7320 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7321 7322 /* keep last */ 7323 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7324 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7325 }; 7326 7327 /** 7328 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7329 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7330 * 7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7332 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7333 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7334 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7335 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7336 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7337 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7338 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7339 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7340 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7341 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7342 * (u64, usec) 7343 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7344 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7345 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7346 * result. 7347 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7348 * 7349 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7350 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7351 */ 7352 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7353 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7354 7355 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7356 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7357 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7358 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7359 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7360 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7361 7362 /* keep last */ 7363 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7364 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7365 }; 7366 7367 /** 7368 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7369 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7370 * 7371 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7372 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7373 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7374 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7375 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7376 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7377 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7378 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7379 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7380 * 7381 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7382 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7383 */ 7384 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7385 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7386 7387 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7388 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7389 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7390 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7391 7392 /* keep last */ 7393 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7394 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7395 }; 7396 7397 /** 7398 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7399 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7400 * 7401 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7402 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7403 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7404 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7405 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7406 * measurement results 7407 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7408 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7409 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7410 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7411 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7412 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7413 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7414 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7415 * sub-attributes taken from 7416 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7417 * 7418 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7419 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7420 */ 7421 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7422 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7423 7424 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7425 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7426 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7427 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7428 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7429 7430 /* keep last */ 7431 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7432 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7433 }; 7434 7435 /** 7436 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7437 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7438 * 7439 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7440 * is supported 7441 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7442 * mode is supported 7443 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7444 * data can be requested during the measurement 7445 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7446 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7447 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7448 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7450 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7451 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7452 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7453 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7455 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7456 * is valid) 7457 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7458 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7460 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7461 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7462 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 7463 * 7464 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7465 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7466 */ 7467 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7468 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7469 7470 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7471 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7472 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7473 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7480 7481 /* keep last */ 7482 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7483 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7484 }; 7485 7486 /** 7487 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7488 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7489 * 7490 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7492 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7494 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7495 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7496 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7497 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7499 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7500 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7501 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7502 * requested per burst 7503 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7505 * (u8, default 3) 7506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7507 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7508 * (flag) 7509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7510 * measurement (flag). 7511 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7512 * mutually exclusive. 7513 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7514 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7515 * ranging will be used. 7516 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 7517 * ranging measurement (flag) 7518 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7519 * mutually exclusive. 7520 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7521 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7522 * ranging will be used. 7523 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7524 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7525 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7526 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7527 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7528 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7529 * 7530 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7531 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7532 */ 7533 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7534 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7535 7536 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7537 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7538 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7539 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7540 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7541 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7542 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7543 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7544 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7545 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7546 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7547 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7548 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7549 7550 /* keep last */ 7551 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7552 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7553 }; 7554 7555 /** 7556 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7557 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7559 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7560 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7561 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7562 * try and get no response) 7563 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7564 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7565 * received 7566 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7567 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7568 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7569 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7570 */ 7571 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7580 }; 7581 7582 /** 7583 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7584 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7585 * 7586 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7587 * (u32, optional) 7588 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7589 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7590 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7591 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7592 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7593 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7594 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 7595 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7596 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7597 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7598 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7599 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7600 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7602 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7603 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7604 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7605 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7606 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7607 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7608 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7609 * attributes) 7610 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7611 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7612 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7613 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7614 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7615 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7616 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7617 * optional) 7618 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7619 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7620 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7621 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7622 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7623 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7624 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7625 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7626 * Type 8. 7627 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7628 * (binary, optional); 7629 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7630 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7631 * Type 11. 7632 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7633 * 7634 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7635 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7636 */ 7637 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7638 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7639 7640 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7641 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7642 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7643 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7644 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7645 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7646 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7647 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7648 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7649 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7650 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7651 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7652 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7653 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7654 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7655 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7656 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7657 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7658 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7659 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7660 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7661 7662 /* keep last */ 7663 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7664 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7665 }; 7666 7667 /** 7668 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7669 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7670 * 7671 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7672 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7673 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7674 * tx power offset. 7675 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7676 * values used by members of the SRG. 7677 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7678 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7679 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7680 * 7681 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7682 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7683 */ 7684 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7685 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7686 7687 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7688 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7689 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7690 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7691 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7692 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7693 7694 /* keep last */ 7695 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7696 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7697 }; 7698 7699 /** 7700 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7701 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7702 * 7703 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7704 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7705 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7706 * 7707 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7708 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7709 */ 7710 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7711 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7712 7713 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7714 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7715 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7716 7717 /* keep last */ 7718 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7719 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7720 }; 7721 7722 /** 7723 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7724 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7725 * 7726 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7727 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7728 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7729 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7730 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7731 * 7732 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7733 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7734 */ 7735 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7736 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7737 7738 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7739 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7740 7741 /* keep last */ 7742 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7743 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7744 }; 7745 7746 /** 7747 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7748 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7749 * 7750 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7751 * 7752 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7753 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7754 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7755 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 7756 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7757 * frame including the headers. 7758 * 7759 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7760 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7761 */ 7762 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7763 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7764 7765 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7766 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7767 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7768 7769 /* keep last */ 7770 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7771 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7772 }; 7773 7774 /* 7775 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7776 * mandatory fields. 7777 */ 7778 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7779 7780 /** 7781 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7782 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7783 * 7784 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7785 * 7786 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7787 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7788 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 7789 * disabled. 7790 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7791 * frame template (binary). 7792 * 7793 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7794 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7795 */ 7796 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7797 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7798 7799 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7800 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7801 7802 /* keep last */ 7803 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7804 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7805 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7806 }; 7807 7808 /** 7809 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7810 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7811 * used. 7812 * 7813 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7814 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7815 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7816 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7817 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7818 * can be used. 7819 */ 7820 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7821 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7822 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7823 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7824 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7825 }; 7826 7827 /** 7828 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7829 * 7830 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7831 * 7832 */ 7833 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7834 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7835 7836 /* add new type here */ 7837 7838 /* Keep last */ 7839 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7840 }; 7841 7842 /** 7843 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7844 * 7845 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7846 * 7847 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7848 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7849 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7850 * 7851 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7852 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7853 * 7854 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7855 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7856 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7857 * 7858 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7859 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7860 * 7861 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7862 */ 7863 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7864 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7865 7866 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7867 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7868 7869 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7870 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7871 }; 7872 7873 /** 7874 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7875 * 7876 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7877 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7878 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7879 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7880 * 7881 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7882 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7883 * is applied to this range. 7884 * 7885 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7886 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7887 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7888 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7889 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7890 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7891 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7892 * 7893 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7894 * 7895 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7896 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7897 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7898 * 7899 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7900 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7901 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7902 * 7903 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7904 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7905 */ 7906 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7907 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7908 7909 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7910 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7911 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7912 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7913 7914 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7915 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7916 }; 7917 7918 /** 7919 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7920 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7921 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7922 * MBSSID and EMA. 7923 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7924 * features. 7925 * 7926 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7927 * 7928 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7929 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7930 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7931 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7932 * 7933 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7934 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7935 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7936 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7937 * a non-zero value. 7938 * 7939 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7940 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7941 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7942 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7943 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7944 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7945 * 7946 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7947 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7948 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7949 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7950 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7951 * the interface index of the same. 7952 * 7953 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7954 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7955 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7956 * 7957 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7958 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7959 */ 7960 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7961 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7962 7963 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7964 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7965 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7966 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7967 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7968 7969 /* keep last */ 7970 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7971 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7972 }; 7973 7974 /** 7975 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7976 * 7977 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7978 * authentication. 7979 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7980 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7981 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7982 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7983 * userspace. 7984 */ 7985 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7986 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7987 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7988 }; 7989 7990 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7991